-
1 special
adjectivespeziell; besonder...; Sonder[korrespondent, -zug, -mission usw.]* * *['speʃəl] 1. adjective2) (appointed, arranged, designed etc for a particular purpose: a special messenger; a special tool for drilling holes.) Spezial-...2. noun(something which is special: There's a special (= a special train) due through here at 5.20.) der Sonderzug- academic.ru/69297/specialist">specialist- speciality
- specialize
- specialise
- specialization
- specialisation
- specialized
- specialised
- specially* * *spe·cial[ˈspeʃəl]I. adj1. (more) besondere(r, s)to be in need of \special attention ganz besondere Aufmerksamkeit verlangento attach \special significance to sth etw dat besondere Bedeutung beimessen2. (unusual) besondere(r, s)what's so \special about that? na und?, das ist doch nichts Besonderes!\special aptitude besondere Fähigkeit\special case Ausnahme fto be a \special case ein Ausnahmefall sein\special character außergewöhnlicher Charakter\special charm ungewöhnlicher Charme\special circumstances außergewöhnliche Umstände\special needs spezielle Bedürfnisseon \special occasions zu besonderen Gelegenheiten\special order Sonderauftrag mto \special order auf Sonderbestellungnothing \special nichts Besonderes3. (dearest) beste(r, s)Linda is my \special friend Linda ist meine beste Freundin▪ to be \special to sb jdm sehr viel bedeuten4. (characteristic) speziellto do sth one's own \special way etw auf seine/ihre eigene Weise machencould I ask you a \special favour? könnte ich dich um einen ganz besonderen Gefallen bitten?\special assignment Sonderauftrag m\special clinic Spezialklinik f\special committee Sonderausschuss m\special deputy Sonderbeauftragte(r) f(m)\special session Sondersitzung f\special staff Fachkräfte pl\special train Sonderzug ma \special privilege ein besonderes Privileg\special rates besondere Tarifeto get \special treatment bevorzugt behandelt werden\special agent Sonderbevollmächtigte(r) f(m)II. nwhat do you have on \special today? was steht heute auf der Speisekarte?▪ \specials Sonderangebote pl* * *['speSəl]1. adj1) besondere(r, s); (= specific) purpose, use, person, date bestimmt, speziell; (= exceptional) friend, favour, occasion speziellI have no special person in mind — ich habe eigentlich an niemanden Bestimmtes gedacht
in this one special instance — in diesem einen Fall
take special care of it — passen Sie besonders gut darauf auf
he expects special treatment — er will besonders behandelt werden, er will eine Extrawurst gebraten haben (inf)
this is rather a special day for me —
he's a very special person to her, he's very special to her —
you're extra special! (inf) — du bist was ganz Besonderes! (inf)
what's so special about her/the house? — was ist denn an ihr/an dem Haus so besonders?
what's so special about that? — na und? (inf), das ist doch nichts Besonderes!
everyone has his special place — jeder hat seinen eigenen Platz
to feel special — sich als etwas ganz Besonderes vorkommen
make him feel special — seien Sie besonders nett zu ihm
2) (= out of the ordinary) Sonder-, besondere(r, s)3) (= specialized) speziell, Spezial-4) (inf: separate) place, book etc gesondert2. n2) (TV, RAD) Sonderprogramm nt; (PRESS = edition) Sonder- or Extraausgabe f3) (= train) Sonderzug mchef's special — Spezialität f des Küchenchefs
5) (pej inf* * *special [ˈspeʃl]1. speziell, (ganz) besonder(er, e, es):is there any special reason for it? gibt es dafür einen besonderen Grund?2. speziell, Spezial…, Fach…:this is too special das ist zu speziell3. a) Sonder…:special marker SPORT Sonderbewacher(in);special waste Sondermüll mb) Extra…, Ausnahme…:special constable → B a;special correspondent → B e;special edition → B c4. speziell, bestimmt:on special days an bestimmten Tagena) Hilfspolizist(in)b) Sonderzug mc) Sonderausgabe f, Extrablatt nd) Sonderprüfung fe) Sonderberichterstatter(in)f) RADIO, TV Special n, Sondersendung fg) WIRTSCH US Sonderangebot n:on special im Angebotsp. abk1. special spez.2. species3. specific spezif.4. specimenspec. abk1. special (specially) spez., bes2. speculation* * *adjectivespeziell; besonder...; Sonder[korrespondent, -zug, -mission usw.]* * *adj.Extra- präfix.Sonder- präfix.Spezial- präfix.besonderer adj.besonderes adj.besonders adj.extra adj.speziell adj. -
2 כדי I, (כדי
כְּדִיI, (כַּדִּי, כְּדֵי) (= כַּד הִי, v. כְּדוּ) when; now ( that). Targ. Y. Gen. 27:34. Ib. 39:10; a. e.Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40d top כ׳ טבא when it (the eye-paint) is good. Y.Dem.VI, 25c bot. כ׳ יהב ליה כ׳ when he gives him the whole of it. Y.Meg.III, 74b bot. כ׳ דהוינן, v. כַּד I. 2) ( as it is, incidentatly, without special reason, not meaning it exactly. R. Hash. 5a פסח כ׳ נסבח the writer uses the word Pesaḥ (ib. 4a, quot. fr. Tosef.Arakh.III, 17) incidentally (cmp. אַשְׁגָּרָה); Zeb.99b. Kidd.5b סיפא כ׳ נסבה the second proposition was incidentally asserted (is not to be pressed), opp. דַּוְקָא 3) as such, alone, merely. Keth.36b bot. מעיד בח כ׳ if he merely testifies in her favor (without having been instrumental in redeeming her from captivity). Gitt.55a יאוש כ׳וכ׳ the mere giving up of robbed property (without a change of hands after the renunciation) gives the robber no rights. מילי דכ׳־ words spoken merely for saying something, for fun. Snh.29b כל מילי דכ׳וכ׳ people do not remember words thrown out in a jocular way.Bekh.8b מילי דכ׳ Ar. fictions, stories; v. כַּדְבָא).בִּכְ׳ for whatever it be, for a trifle; for no cause. Yeb. 39b בכ׳ תיפוק can she be dismissed without any formality (with his mere refusal to marry her)?Taan.5b, v. בְּכָא. Keth. l. c. לא שדי … בכ׳ one does not throw away ones money at random (unless sure that there is no legal impediment to marrying the woman whom he is about to redeem). Ned.22a בכ׳ לא אדרתה for a paltry reason she would surely not have forbidden her, v. נְדַר. Ib. 29a פקעה בכ׳ ceases without any formality; a. e.מִכְּ׳ from such ( a condition) as it is, now, well, you know. Gitt.68b מ׳ כי מייתוכ׳ now when you die, you will have Sabb.78a מ׳ כל מילתאוכ׳ you know, whenever there is an ordinary and an extraordinary way of using an object, Ḥull.109b; a. e.Esp. (introducing an argument) now, is it not so? Ib. 29a מ׳ על עיף קאיוכ׳ does not the writer of the Mishnah treat of birds? Well then, if he meant sacrificial fowls he ought to have said hammolek! B. Kam.3a מ׳ שקוליןוכ׳ now that they are alike, let both be included, for which will you exclude?Bets.2b מ׳ מאן סתמהוכ׳ now, who is it that states that proposition in the Mishnah anonymously? Of course, Rabbi. Now, why ; a. fr. -
3 כְּדִי
כְּדִיI, (כַּדִּי, כְּדֵי) (= כַּד הִי, v. כְּדוּ) when; now ( that). Targ. Y. Gen. 27:34. Ib. 39:10; a. e.Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40d top כ׳ טבא when it (the eye-paint) is good. Y.Dem.VI, 25c bot. כ׳ יהב ליה כ׳ when he gives him the whole of it. Y.Meg.III, 74b bot. כ׳ דהוינן, v. כַּד I. 2) ( as it is, incidentatly, without special reason, not meaning it exactly. R. Hash. 5a פסח כ׳ נסבח the writer uses the word Pesaḥ (ib. 4a, quot. fr. Tosef.Arakh.III, 17) incidentally (cmp. אַשְׁגָּרָה); Zeb.99b. Kidd.5b סיפא כ׳ נסבה the second proposition was incidentally asserted (is not to be pressed), opp. דַּוְקָא 3) as such, alone, merely. Keth.36b bot. מעיד בח כ׳ if he merely testifies in her favor (without having been instrumental in redeeming her from captivity). Gitt.55a יאוש כ׳וכ׳ the mere giving up of robbed property (without a change of hands after the renunciation) gives the robber no rights. מילי דכ׳־ words spoken merely for saying something, for fun. Snh.29b כל מילי דכ׳וכ׳ people do not remember words thrown out in a jocular way.Bekh.8b מילי דכ׳ Ar. fictions, stories; v. כַּדְבָא).בִּכְ׳ for whatever it be, for a trifle; for no cause. Yeb. 39b בכ׳ תיפוק can she be dismissed without any formality (with his mere refusal to marry her)?Taan.5b, v. בְּכָא. Keth. l. c. לא שדי … בכ׳ one does not throw away ones money at random (unless sure that there is no legal impediment to marrying the woman whom he is about to redeem). Ned.22a בכ׳ לא אדרתה for a paltry reason she would surely not have forbidden her, v. נְדַר. Ib. 29a פקעה בכ׳ ceases without any formality; a. e.מִכְּ׳ from such ( a condition) as it is, now, well, you know. Gitt.68b מ׳ כי מייתוכ׳ now when you die, you will have Sabb.78a מ׳ כל מילתאוכ׳ you know, whenever there is an ordinary and an extraordinary way of using an object, Ḥull.109b; a. e.Esp. (introducing an argument) now, is it not so? Ib. 29a מ׳ על עיף קאיוכ׳ does not the writer of the Mishnah treat of birds? Well then, if he meant sacrificial fowls he ought to have said hammolek! B. Kam.3a מ׳ שקוליןוכ׳ now that they are alike, let both be included, for which will you exclude?Bets.2b מ׳ מאן סתמהוכ׳ now, who is it that states that proposition in the Mishnah anonymously? Of course, Rabbi. Now, why ; a. fr. -
4 aedilis
aedīlis, is, m. (abl. aedili, Tac. A. 12, 64; Serv. ad Verg. A. 7, 4; Dig. 18, 6, 13;► Plaut.but aedile is more usual,
Charis. p. 96 P.; Varr. 1, 22; Cic. Sest. 44, 95; Liv. 3, 31; Plin. 7, 48, 49, § 158; Inscr. Orell. 3787, 8; cf. Schneid. Gr. II. p. 221; Koffm. s. v.) [aedes], an œdile, a magistrate in Rome who had the superintendence of public buildings and works, such as temples, theatres, baths, aqueducts, sewers, highways, etc.; also of private buildings, of markets, provisions, taverns, of weights and measures (to see that they were legal), of the expense of funerals, and other similar functions of police. The class. passages applying here are: Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 42; Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Müll.; Cic. Leg. 3, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 14; id. Phil. 9, 7; Liv. 10, 23; Tac. A. 2, 85; Juv. 3, 162; 10, 101; Fest. s. h. v. p. 12; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 8, 3 and 6.—Further, the aediles, esp. the curule ædiles (two in number), were expected to exhibit public spectacles; and they often lavished the most exorbitant expenses upon them, in order to prepare their way toward higher offices, Cic. Off. 2, 16; Liv. 24, 33; 27, 6. They inspected the plays before exhibition in the theatres, and rewarded or punished the actors according to their deserts, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 148; id. Cist. ep. 3;for this purpose they were required by oath to decide impartially,
Plaut. Am. prol. 72.—It was the special duty of the aediles plebeii (of whom also there were two) to preserve the decrees of the Senate and people in the temple of Ceres, and in a later age in the public treasury, Liv. 3, 55. The office of the aediles curules (so called from the sella curulis, the seat on which they sat for judgment (v. curulis), while the aediles plebeii sat only on benches, subsellia) was created A.U.C. 387, for the purpose of holding public exhibitions, Liv. 6, 42, first from the patricians, but as early as the following year from the plebeians also, Liv. 7, 1.—Julius Cæsar created also the office of the two aediles Cereales, who had the superintendence of the public granaries and other provisions,
Suet. Caes. 41.—The free towns also had ædiles, who were often their only magistrates, Cic. Fam. 13, 11; Juv. 3, 179; 10, 102; Pers. 1, 130; v. further in Smith's Dict. Antiq. and Niebuhr's Rom. Hist. 1, 689 and 690.uses the word once adject.: aediles ludi, œdilic sports, Poen. 5, 2, 52. -
5 ir
v.1 to go.ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinemair en autobús/coche to go by bus/carir andando to go on foot, to walk¡vamos! let's go!2 to be gradually.ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing somethingva anocheciendo it's getting dark3 to go.le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new jobsu negocio va mal his business is going badly¿cómo te va? how are you doing?4 to go.estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers5 to go, to belong.esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there6 to go, to leave (marcharse).irse a to go to¡vete! go away!El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.7 to go (to search).ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)8 to go (to consume, to disappear).se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut9 to be going (intención).ir a hacer algo to be going to do somethingte voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you10 to get (to change).ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse11 to work.la manivela va floja the crank is loosela televisión no va the television isn't working12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody13 to suit (clothes).irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebodyesta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers14 to do (tratamiento).irle bien a alguien to do somebody good15 to like, to care.no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other16 to attend.Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.17 to be doing, to make out.Me va bien I am doing well.18 to keep on, to keep.Ir caminando Keep on walking.19 to go for.Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me20 to match.Estas medias van These socks match.* * *IRPresent IndicativeImperfect SubjunctivePast IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to go2) get on3) extend•- ir a- ir a pie
- irse* * *Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=marchar)a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?
¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?
esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca
ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously
¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!
¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?
b) [indicando la forma de transporte]•
ir [andando] — to walk, go on foottuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot
¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?
•
ir en [avión] — to fly•
ir en [bicicleta] — to ride•
ir a [caballo] — to ride•
fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove•
ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot•
fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} railc) [con complemento]iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street
d)• ir (a) [por] — to go and get
voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor
voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him
solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money
2) [indicando proceso]a) [persona]¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?
el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better
b) [acción, obra] to go¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?
¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?
¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?
todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well
los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better
c)• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?
3) [indicando manera, posición]4) (=extenderse) to go, stretchla pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea
•
[en lo que] va de año — so far this yearen lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week
5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!
de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2
6) [indicando acumulación]7) [en apuestas]¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?
8) (=vestir)¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?
etiqueta 2)iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red
9)irle a algn —
a) [indicando importancia]b) [indicando situación]¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?
¡que te vaya bien! — take care!
c) (=sentar) to suit¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?
d) * (=gustar)le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul
10) [seguido de preposición]ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with ir de¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?
no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about
va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time
ir para¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40
ir por [indicando intención]va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you
ir tras to go after¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
11) [otras locuciones]•
[a lo que] iba — as I was saying•
ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems•
[¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"
•
si vamos a [eso] — for that matterpues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at
•
es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate•
ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse•
ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One•
ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and goingllevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other
cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before
•
ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not cominglejos 1., 1)fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
12) [exclamaciones]¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?
¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *
¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!
¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!
vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult
una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman
¡qué va!es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"
¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!
2.VERBO AUXILIARir a ({+ infin}) to govamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it
tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street
¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?
¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!
¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?
¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *
ir ({+ gerund})•
no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?
¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!
id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with
ir ({+ participio})voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
3.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.----* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *ir [ I27 ]■ ir (verbo intransitivo)A trasladarse, desplazarseB expresando propósitoC irle a alguien con algoD1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse2 JuegosE con comentariosF estar en juegoG hablando de acciones imprevistasA ir + complementoB refiriéndose al atuendoC en calidad deD tratarA llevar aB extenderse, abarcarA marchar, desarrollarseB en juegos, competicionesC en el desarrollo de algoD estar en caminoE sumar, hacerF haber transcurridoG haber una diferenciaH depender, radicarA1 deber colocarse2 deber escribirse3 estar incluidoB1 combinar2 sentar, convenir3 ir en contra de algoC gustarD tomar partido por, apoyarA1 expresando incredulidad etc2 intentando tranquilizar, animar3 al aclarar, resumirB1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad2 para enfatizar3 al aclarar, resumir■ ir (verbo auxiliar)A1 para expresar tiempo futuro2 expresando intención, propósito3 en propuestas, sugerenciasB al prevenir, hacer recomendacionesC expresando inevitabilidadD expresando incredulidadE1 en afirmaciones enfáticas2 al contradecirSentido II expresando un proceso paulatino■ irse (verbo pronominal)A marcharseB consumirse, gastarseC desaparecer: mancha, dolorD salirse, escaparseE morirseF caerse, perder el equilibrioG andarse, actuarH1 en naipes2 en una asignaturaI las mediasviA (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on footir por mar to go by sea¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!¿quién va? who goes there?lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the roomel ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenueel ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guestsno he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything donevoy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)vamos a casa let's go home¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends classir de compras/de caza to go shopping/huntingya vamos para allá we're on our way¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal routeno vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longera eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bitir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñasir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother upten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after youel perro fue a por él the dog went for himir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalismno me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at allallí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans doB (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?ve a ayudarla go and help herfue a ayudarla he went to help her¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?Cirle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problemsa la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with talesD1(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!2 ( Juegos):ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000¡no va más! no more bets!David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)E«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastilyten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means businessir POR algn:y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you tooF (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stakele va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the lineG ( fam)(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched himy la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been paintedA (+ complemento)(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seatpor lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting downel niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebarsiba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the streetvas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggarse notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraidel tren iba llenísimo the train was packeddéjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help youel ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the leadno vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistakehay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes openva de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to anotherB (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:iban de largo they wore long dressesvoy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Draculaiba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing greenC (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sthyo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)D( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sthel camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beachB(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencialo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissanceestados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargyA(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?B(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the leadya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves nowD (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fiftyya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw himiba para médico he was going to be a doctorE(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth oneya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten nowF(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/monthG(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sthno sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends oneso va en gustos that's a question of tasteA1 (deber colocarse) to go¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in factvamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time2(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?¿va con acento? does it have an accent?3B1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sthesos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit youte irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good3ir en contra de algo to go against sthesto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principlesC( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me coldD ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sbmucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian teamA1(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!2(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth3(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anywaypodrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to askvamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthyes mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anywayB vaya1(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)2(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!¿vaya día! what a day!¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!3(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse■Sentido I ir A + INFA1(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rateel barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set saildijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it overya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clockva a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each otheresto no te va a gustar you're not going to like thisno te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself outtenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget2(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell himlo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or anotherme voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in Aprilvamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening3(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matterbueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to workB(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of herten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll falllleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rainsC(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?D(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?E1(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?2(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by littlea medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level risesha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passedtú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onionsahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting readycomo te iba diciendo as I was sayingya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the ideala voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distantla situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse■ irseA(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting lateel tren ya se ha ido the train's already gonese quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotlandse han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the squarevete a la cama go to bedse fue de casa she left homevete de aquí get out of herese ha ido de la empresa she's left the companyse han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in FloridaB(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rentse nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to gose ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going downque no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil overtápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizzcuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet stillcreo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing himF (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/backme daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwardsfrenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwardsG (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactfulH1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out2I ( Col) «medias» to run* * *
ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;
ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;
tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;
va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;
voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;
¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;
va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;
¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sthb) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
1◊ vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;
¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!c) (al aclarar, resumir):◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2◊ vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;
¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!
ir v aux ir a + inf:
1a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;
va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;
bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;
vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;
se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;
me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face
* * *ir♦ vi1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;ir en barco to go by boat;ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;Anticuado¿quién va? who goes there?;¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;Fam Fig¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;Fam Figles habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain3. [abarcar]la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westernsfui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;la manivela va floja the crank is loose;iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the leadvoy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests7. [vestir]ir con/en to wear;iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;ir de azul to be dressed in blue;ir de uniforme to be in uniform;iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;vamos perdiendo we're losing;¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!9. [cambiar, encaminarse]ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;voy para viejo I'm getting old;esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rainedvamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house12. [corresponder] to go;estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?14. [escribirse]“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;ir con algo to go with sth;esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirtesa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good17. [funcionar] to work;la televisión no va the television isn't working;estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow18. [depender]en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;CSur¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teachery eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of jokea mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?Esp Esp¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;Famfue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;Fam¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;Fam¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;Espser el no va más to be the ultimate;este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;RP Famdesde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;Fam¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday♦ v auxva anocheciendo it's getting dark;me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;como iba diciendo… as I was saying…2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!♦ vtMéxirle a to support;le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca* * *ir<part ido>I v/i1 go (a to);ir a pie walk, go on foot;ir en avión fly;ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;ir a por algo go and fetch sth;¡ya voy! I’m coming!;¿quién va? who goes there?2 ( vestir):iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform3:van dos a dos DEP the score is two all4 ( tratar):¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires5 ( agradar):el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;ir bien/mal go well/badly7 ( abarcar):va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 168:¡qué va! you must be joking!;¡vamos! come on!;¡vaya! well!;¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;a eso voy I’m just getting to that;eso va por ti también that goes for you tooII v/aux:va a llover it’s going to rain;va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer:ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;ir para viejo be getting old;ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark:ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed* * *ir {43} vi1) : to goir a pie: to go on foot, to walkir a caballo: to ride horsebackir a casa: to go home2) : to lead, to extend, to stretchel camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá3) funcionar: to work, to functionesta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore4) : to get on, to get along¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well5) : to suitese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you6)ir con : to beir con prisa: to be in a hurry7)ir por : to follow, to go alongfueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline8)dejarse ir : to let oneself go9)ir a parar : to end upvamos a ver : let's seeir v auxir caminando: to walk¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!2)ir a : to be going tovoy a hacerlo: I'm going to do itel avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off* * *ir vb¿adónde vas? where are you going?2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?3. (estar) to be4. (sentar bien) to suit5. (gustar) to like / to be into6. (convenir) to do7. (funcionar) to workir + gerundio¡vamos caminando! let's walk!ir con to go with / to match¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?ir tirando to get by / to managevamos tirando we get by / we're managing¡qué va! no way! / not at all!¡vamos a...! let's...!¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!¡vaya! well!¡ya voy! I'm coming! -
6 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
7 योगः _yōgḥ
योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्]1 Joining, uniting.-2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65.-3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26.-4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86.-5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'.-6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55.-7 A yoke.-8 A convey- ance, vehicle, carriage.-9 (a) An armour. (b) Put- ting on armour.-1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness.-11 An occupation, a work, business.-12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165.-13 An expedient, plan, means in general.-14 Ende- avour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44.-15 Remedy, cure.-16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48.-17 Gaining, acqui- ring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3.-18 The equipment of an army.-19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39.-2 A side; an argument.-21 An occasion, oppor- tunity.-22 Possibility, occurrence.-23 Wealth, sub- stance.-24 A rule, precept.-25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another.-26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word.-27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः.-28 Deep and ab- stract meditation, concentration of the mind, contempla- tion of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8.-29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is prac- tically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract medita- tion is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.)-3 A follow- er of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23.-31 (In arith.) Addition.-32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunc- tion.-33 A combination of stars.-34 N. of a parti- cular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated).-35 The principal star in a lunar mansion.-36 Devotion, pious seeking after god.-37 A spy, secret agent.-38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence.-39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7.-4 Steady applica- tion; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1.-41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8.-42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48.-Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.)-अञ्जनम् a healing ointment.-अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga.-अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy.-आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.)-आचारः 1 the practice or obser- vance of Yoga.-2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone.-3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4.-आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic.-2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy.-आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165.-आपत्तिः modification of usage.-आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3.-आवापः the first attitude of an archer.-आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation.-इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga.-2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties.-3 a magician.-4 a deity.-5 an epithet of Śiva.-6 a Vetāla.-7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya.-इष्टम् 1 tin.-2 lead.-कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below.-कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa).-क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property.-2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127.-3 welfare, well-being, secu- rity, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4.-4 property, profit, gain.-5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219.-मौ, -मे or-मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4.-गतिः f.1 Primitive condition.-2 the state of union.-गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power.-चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa-चरः N. of Hanumat.-चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2.-जम् agallochum.-तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा.-तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation.-दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās.-दानम् 1 communica- ting the Yoga doctrine.-2 a fraudulent gift.-धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion.-नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 of Datta.-नाविका, -कः a kind of fish;-निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41.-2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6.-3 N. of Durgā.-4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe.-निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu.-निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu.-पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga.-पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पदम् a state of self-concentration.-पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes).-पानम् a liquor adult- erated with narcotics.-पारगः N. of Śiva.-पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation.-पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods.-पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21.-बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any superna- tural power.-2 power of magic.-भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products.-भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga.-माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga.-2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25.-3 N. of Durgā.-यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga.-युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7.-रङ्गः the orange.-रत्नम् a magical jewel.-राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation.-2 one well-versed in Yoga.-रूढ a.1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'.-2 engaged in meditation (s. v.-आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3.-रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3.-वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick.-वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B.-वामनम् secret con- trivances; Kau. A.-वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga).-वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v.-वाह a. resolving (chemically).-वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr.-वाही 1 an alkali.-2 honey.-3 quick- silver.-विक्रयः a fraudulent sale.-विद् a.1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever.-2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.)1 an epithet of Śiva.-2 a practiser of Yoga.-3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines.-4 a magician.-5 a compounder of medicines.-विद्या the science of Yoga.-विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22.-विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12).-शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymo- logy.-शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in con- templation; cf. योगनिद्रा.-शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali.-संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga.-समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and ab- stract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24.-सारः a universal remedy; a panacea.-सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय).-सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali).-सेवा the practice of abstract meditation. -
8 Cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
9 cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
10 Cum2
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
11 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M. -
12 πιστεύω
πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believeⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicatedα. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. isⓐ givenα. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.3 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, 21925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG2 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
13 ἀπό
ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away fromⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.③ to indicate origin or source, fromⓐ lit., with verbs of motionα. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcomeⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, ofα. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M. -
14 νόμος
νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27.① a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], Fgm. 93 D2 of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ)ⓐ gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspectiveⓑ of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P74), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς | θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων | ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 6, 3, cp. Hs 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2.② constitutional or statutory legal system, lawⓐ gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).ⓑ specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod S 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, * 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b ( 27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν. Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 v.l.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—(ὁ) ν. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Lasting Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cp. Bar 4:1; PsSol 10:4; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: ν. ἔχειν J 19:7a; Ro 2:14 (ApcSed 14:5). πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (Mel., P. 42, 291). πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; διώκειν ν. δικαιοσύνης 9:31a; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3; Ro 2:14b, s. below; τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. φθάνειν εἰς ν. 9:31b. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 v.l. is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [difft. in Zahn’s edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss and are supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (ApcSed 14:5; FFlückiger, TZ 8, ’52, 17–42). καταλαλεῖν νόμου, κρίνειν ν. Js 4:11abc. ἐδόθη ν. Gal 3:21a.—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cp. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., Fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.—SIG 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12 ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cp. 7:3 and δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a (on the imagery Straub 94f); 1 Cor 7:39 v.l.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; IMagnMai 92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274) J 7:51; Ro 3:19.③ a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinanceⓐ in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod S 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], Fgm. 1, 18f Diehl2 [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44.ⓑ In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT2 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz2 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT6 ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law2 ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune ri-flessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
15 de
prep.1 of.el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' cares de ella it's hersla pata de la mesa the table legLa casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]2 from (procedencia, distancia).salir de casa to leave homesoy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbaode la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment3 (made) of (materia).un vaso de plástico a plastic cupun reloj de oro a gold watch4 about (asunto).hablábamos de ti we were talking about youlibros de historia history books5 as.trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman6 from (time) (since).trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to fivede madrugada early in the morninga las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoontrabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day7 with (causa, modo).morirse de hambre to die of hungerllorar de alegría to cry with joyde una patada with a kickde una sola vez in one gode tres en tres three at a time8 if.de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sundayde no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it9 to.Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.f.1 letter d.2 SD, standard deviation.3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.* * *de————————de1 (posesión, pertenencia) of2 (procedencia, origen) from3 (descripción) with■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl4 (tema) of, on, about5 (materia) made of, of6 (contenido) of7 (uso) for8 (oficio) by, as9 (modo) on, in, as10 (tiempo) at, by, in■ de día by day, during the day12 (precio) at13 (medida) measuring14 (causa) with, because of, of15 (agente) by16 (con superlativo) in, of17 (suposición) if18 (en una aposición) of* * *prep.1) of2) from3) in, at4) than5) by* * *PREPOSITION1) [relación] ofla carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia
2) [pertenencia]la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez
3) [característica, material]este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model
ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat
4) [contenido]una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass
5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] fromde... a...los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best
6) [causa]7) [manera]de... en...8) (=respecto de)estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better
9) [tema] aboutun libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology
10) [uso]11) [cantidad, medida, valor]12) [con horas y fechas]a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.
son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.
el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)
13) [tiempo]14) [proporción]15) [uso partitivo] of¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *
16) [autoría] byun libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's
17) [como complemento agente] byel rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage
18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro
19) [en comparaciones] thanmás/menos de siete — more/less than seven
más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people
20) [con superlativos] inel más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world
21) + infinser de ({+ infin}8})sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information
22) [dependiente de formas verbales]de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...
¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?
se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch
23) [uso condicional] ifde haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come
de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so
* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.----* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de †frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili* * *de1A(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's houseel rey de Francia the king of Franceel cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthdayel cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleaguesno es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirssu padre de usted ( frml); your fatherun amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son'ses un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friendun estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year studentel nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandsonla mesa de la cocina the kitchen tablela correa del perro the dog's leashun avión de Mexair a Mexair planela tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lidlas calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streetsla subida de los precios the rise in pricesal término de la reunión at the end of the meetingBla ciudad de Lima the city of Limael aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airportel mes de enero the month of Januaryel imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brotherel bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her2(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)C(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocenalos señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabadolas señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]DA1(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bankes de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotálo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the librarylo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floormis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from Americahe recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Juliaun hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wifeal salir de la tienda as he left the storeDE … A …:de aquí a tu casa from here to your house2 (en el tiempo) fromun amigo de la infancia a childhood frienddata del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th centuryla literatura de ese período the literature of o from that periodlo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosalesde un día para otro from one day to the nextDE … A …:está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and fivede aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yetB(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old ageverde de envidia green with envyestaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so mucheso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so littleA(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patienceun chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad tasteobjetos de mucho valor objects of great valueun pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?tiene cara de aburrido he looks boredese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mothertienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled childuna botella de un litro a liter bottleun niño de tres meses a three-month-old childdéme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilola chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coatla señora de azul the lady in blueun hombre de pelo largo a man with long hairun anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]B(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany tableuna inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injectionel complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dishson de plástico they're (made of) plasticun curso de secretariado a secretarial coursenos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagneuna colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stampsun millón de dólares a million dollarsC(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!D(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get itaprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom buttonE1(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 studentspagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kiloun número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 293(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blowsubió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a timede a poco (CS); little by little, gradually4(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/foursentraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]F (en calidad de) asestá de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private schoolle ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editorhace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the playle habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to manG1(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty facees corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shoulderedes sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide2(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a childH(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad moodestamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]I(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brushel trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silverlo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glassesdales algo de comer give them something to eat¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novelseguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the familyuna casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by treesviene acompañado de arroz it is served with riceacompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wifeA1 (sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mineel mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez childrenun cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink2(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of allla ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the worldB(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at nightduerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at nightsalieron de madrugada they left very early in the morningA DE + INF:de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlierde no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be consideredde continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persistsB SER DE + INF(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …no son de fiar they are not to be trustedes de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of noteCde2* * *
Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)
dé es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
2
‹información/idea› to give
3
4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;
dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to himb) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;
1
‹ dividendos› to pay;
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;
venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);
¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
( como castigo) to smack sb;
el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …
5 [sol/luz]:
la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;
dárselas de listo to act smartb) (golpearse, pegarse):
se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1a) (pertenencia, posesión):
el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;
una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your houseb) (material, contenido, composición):
una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollarsc) (causa, modo):
dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3a) (cualidades, características):
objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blueb) (al definir, especificar):
tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4a) ( con cifras):◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;
pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29c) ( con un superlativo):
la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;
dé madrugada early in the morning
5
hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the playb) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):
estamos dé fiesta we're having a partyc) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):
copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see◊ dar
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time
'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test
* * *1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;es de ella it's hers;la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;el padre de la niña the girl's father;el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;un equipo de segunda división a second division team;la comida del gato the cat's food;el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;la pata de la mesa the table leg;una subida de precios a price rise;los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro2. [procedencia, distancia] from;salir de casa to leave home;soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;el rey de España the king of Spain;tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona3. [en razonamiento]de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't workel túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagenala señora de verde the lady in green;el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;¿de qué tamaño? what size?;un político de fiar a trustworthy politician6. [materia] (made) of;un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;un reloj de oro a gold watch;una mesa de madera a wooden tableun plato de lentejas a plate of lentils8. [precio]he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stampropa de deporte sportswear;una máquina de escribir a typewriter;una máquina de coser a sewing machine;esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes10. [asunto] about;hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;libros de historia history books11. [en calidad de] as;trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade12. [tiempo] [desde] from;[durante] in;trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;de madrugada early in the morning;a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;es de día it's daytime;de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;un compañero del colegio a friend from school;Urugde mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;Urugde noche at night;Urugayer salimos de noche we went out last night13. [causa] with;morirse de hambre to die of hunger;llorar de alegría to cry with joy;temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much14. [manera, modo] with;de una patada with a kick;rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;de una sola vez in one go;lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;CSurde fácil manejo user-friendly;ponerse de rodillas to kneel down15. [con valor partitivo] of;uno de los nuestros one of ours;varios de nosotros several of us;¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?17. [en valoración]lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgaryo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her19. [en comparaciones][con superlativos]más/menos de… more/less than…;el mejor de todos the best of all;el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;la buena de Susana good old Susana;¡pobre de mí! poor me!22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable eveninghas de gastar menos you should spend less24. (antes de complemento agente)una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)la fila de delante the front row♦ de no loc conjAm otherwise;dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you* * *deprp1 origen from;de Nueva York from New York;de … a from … to2 posesión of;el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car3 material (made) of;un anillo de oro a gold ring4 contenido of;un vaso de agua a glass of water5 cualidad:una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman6 causa with;temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear7 hora:de noche at night, by night;de día by daytrabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;de niño as a child9 agente by;de Goya by Goya10 condición if;de haberlo sabido if I’d known11 en aposición:la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima* * *de prep1) : ofla casa de Pepe: Pepe's houseun niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy2) : fromes de Managua: she's from Managuasalió del edificio: he left the building3) : in, ata las tres de la mañana: at three in the morningsalen de noche: they go out at night4) : thanmás de tres: more than threedé dar* * *de prep1. (posesión de alguien) 's2. (posesión de algo) of3. (materia)4. (contenido) of5. (materia, tema)6. (origen, procedencia) from7. (descripción) with / in8. (agente) by10. (con números, una parte) than / of -
16 put
1. IIIput smth.1) where have I put the ticket? куда я засунул /дел/ билет?2) put things (it, one's ideas, the case, etc.) излагать что-л. и т.д.; have a neat (brilliant, graceful, logical, clear, etc.) way of putting things [уметь] четко и т.д. излагать что-л.; as he put it как он выразился; as Horace puts it как об этом пишет Гораций, как это сказано у Горация; let me put my side of the case позвольте мне изложить мою точку зрения3) put a resolution предлагать резолюцию; put a motion (a proposal, etc.) выдвигать предложение и т.д.4) put a question задавать вопрос5) put smth. sport. put the shot (the weight, etc.) толкать ядро и т.д.2. IV1) put smth., smb. somewhere put a suitcase (a bag, a box, etc.) down опустить /положить или поставить на пол или на землю/ чемодан и т.д.; will you please put the reference book (the dictionary, the hat, specimens, etc.) here (over there, somewhere, back, etc.) пожалуйста, положите сюда и т.д. справочник и т.д.; put this chair there поставьте этот стул туда; put that dog down at once and don't touch it any more опусти собаку сейчас же и больше не трогай ее; did you put the swim-suits in? ты положил [в чемодан] /уложил/ купальные костюмы?; put the rubbish out выносить мусор; put out one's tongue высунуть /показать/ язык: put one's head out высунуть голову; put out a boat вывести лодку в море; now, children, you may put your hands down a теперь, дети, можете опустить руки; put smth. in some manner put one's things (books, one's clothes, etc.) together сложить /собрать/ свои вещи и т.д.; put the hands of a clock (the minute hand, the clock, etc.) back (forward) передвинуть /перевести/ стрелки часов и т.д. назад (вперед); put the clock back an hour перевести часы на час назад; that clock is fast, I'd better put it back five minutes эти часы спешат, пожалуй, я переведу их назад на пять минут; one can't put the clock back время нельзя повернуть назад: let's put two heads together давай подумаем вместе2) put smth. somewhere put one's interests (problems of health, science, etc.) first ставить собственные интересы и т.д. на первое место; put truth first заботиться прежде всего об истине; ставить истину во главу угла3) put smth., smb. in some state put things to rights a) привести все в порядок; б) все исправить; how can we put him at [his] ease? как мы можем его успокоить?4) put smth. in some manner put a case (ideas, a proposal, a matter, facts, things, the story, etc.) clearly (plainly, bluntly, forcibly, cleverly, etc.) излагать /выражать, формулировать/ дело /суть, обстоятельства дела/ и т.д. ясно и т.д.; the report puts the facts truthfully все факты, изложенные в донесении, соответствуют действительности; the teacher puts things convincingly учитель убедительно все объясняет или излагает; to put it briefly, his idea is that... коротко говоря, его мысль состоит в том, что...; to put it frankly, I don't саге for him откровенно /честно/ говоря, он мне не нравится; to say that I was frightened is putting it mildly мягко говоря, я испугался; I don't know how to put it я не знаю, как это выразить /как это сказать/; put it so as not to offend him скажите это так, чтобы он не обиделся5) put smth. somewhere put your name here, please распишитесь здесь, пожалуйста6) || put smb. back задержать кого-л.; the traffic jam put us back a whole hour пробка на дороге задержала нас на целый час3. VIput smth. to some state put a watch (a clock) right (wrong) поставить часы правильно (неправильно); put a clock (a watch) fast (slow) отрегулировать часы так, чтобы они шли быстрее (медленнее); put things /the matter/ right исправить положение вещей /дел/; his short note put everything right его короткая записка поставила все на свои места; he put everything wrong он все испортил: the teacher put the boy right учитель поправил ребенка /объяснил ребенку, в чем его ошибка/4. VIIput smth., smb. to do smth. put dishes to drain поставить посуду сушиться; put towels to dry повесить полотенца сушиться; put her to wash dishes (the girl to take care of the children, him to mind the furnace, etc.) поручить ей мыть посуду и т.д.; he put me to work peeling potatoes он посадил меня чистить картошку5. XI1) be put on (in, under, etc.) smth. the books were put on the shelf (on the table, under the tarpaulin, etc.) книги положили на полку и т.д.; the parcels were put in a bag свертки /посылки и т.п./ были уложены в мешок; every little thing must be put in its right place каждую даже самую маленькую вещичку надо класть на [свое] место2) be put to (into, in, out of, etc.) smth. be put (in)to jail /gaol/ быть посаженным /заключенным/ в тюрьму; be put into quarantine быть отправленным /помещенным, посаженным/ в /на/ карантин; the refugees were put in the hostel беженцев разместили в общежитии; he was put to bed его уложили спать; the boy was put out of the room for being impudent мальчика вывели из комнаты за дерзкое поведение; he was put out of the court его удаляли из зала суда; be put in some manner the new boys were put together in one dormitory новичков поместили вместе в одной спальне; he has more sense than all the rest put together у него больше здравого смысла, чем у всех остальных, вместе взятых; he thought he knew more than all his teachers put together он считал, что знает больше своих учителей, вместе взятых3) be put on (to) smth. the notice was put on the front page извещение /объявление/ поместили /напечатали/ на первой странице /полосе/; it's time the child was put to school пора определить ребенка в школу; be put on an army pay-roll быть зачисленным на армейское довольствие4) be put into smth. the work that has been put into it количество труда, вложенного в это [дело]5) be put to (into, in, etc.) smth. be put to use использовать; the uses to which his invention can (may) be put возможные способы /виды/ применения /использования/ его изобретения; be put into practice найти [практическое] применение; the law was put into force закон был введен в действие; he is put to every kind of work его ставят на всякую работу, его используют на разной работе; she was put in (to) service ее отдали в прислуги; the land was put into /under/ turnips участок был засеян репой6) be put into (in, out of, etc.) smth. be is soon put into a passion (into a rage, into despair, etc.) его можно быстро привести в состояние возбуждения и т.д.; the dog was put out of pain a) собаке сняли боль; б) собаку умертвили /усыпили/, чтобы она не мучилась; you will be put in funds in due time [денежные] средства вам предоставят в надлежащее время; be put in some manner all the clocks and watches were put back (forward) an hour on Saturday night в субботу вечером все часы были переведены на час назад (вперед); the wedding was put forward to June 3d свадьбу перенесли на третье июня; the meeting was put back for a week собрание отложили на неделю || be [hard] put to it оказаться в трудном /затруднительном/ положении; surprising what he can do when he's put to it просто удивительно, что только он ни сделает, когда нужно; you will be hard put to it to find a pleasanter place than this (to find a substitute, to get the needed sum, to pay his debts, etc.) [вам будет] трудно найти более приятное место, чем это и т.д.; be hard put to it financially находиться в затруднительном материальном положении; any doubt on this point can be easily put at rest любые сомнения на этот счет можно легко развеять7) be put to (on, into, in, out of) smth. I have been put to great inconvenience мне это было крайне неудобно; I have been put to great expense меня это ввело в большей расход; be put to the vote быть поставленным на голосование; the motion was put to the vote это предложение было поставлено на голосование; he's already been put to death его уже казнили; he was put on trial a) его предали суду; б) его взяли [на работу] с испытательным сроком; the company will be put in liquidation фирма будет закрыта; he was again put on the same treatment with the same good result ему провели повторный курс лечения, и результат снова оказался хорошим; be put on sale быть выпущенным в продажу; be put in (to) circulation пустить в обращение; only a few copies of the book were put in (to) circulation всего несколько экземпляров книги поступило в продажу; soon buses will be put into service on these routes вскоре по этим маршрутам будут пущены автобусы; these old freight cars have been put out of operation эти старые товарные вагоны сняты с эксплуатации /с линии/; the gun was put out of action орудие было выведено из строя; I had specimen pages put into type я сдал пробные страницы в набор8) be put to smth. the enemy was soon put to flight неприятель был вскоре обращен в бегство; he was put to his trump cards его заставили козырять /пойти с козырей/9) be put through smth. the bill was put through Congress last week законопроект был проведен через конгресс /был утвержден конгрессом/ на прошлой неделе10) be put at smth. the height of this hill is put at 200 metres считают /говорят/, что высота этого холма равна двумстам метрам; it is roughly put at I 5 это приблизительно равняется пяти фунтам11) be put in some manner be clearly (well, badly, etc.) put быть ясно и т.д. выраженным /изложенным/; а good story (an anecdote, a witticism, a jest, a joke, etc.) well put интересный, хорошо преподнесенный рассказ и т.д.; the case was cleverly put обстоятельства дела были умно /толково/ изложены; the compliment was clumsily put комплимент был сделан неуклюже; it was finely (gracefully, logically, etc.) put by this author об этом тонко и т.д. сказано /это тонко и т.д. сформулировано/ у данного автора; be put in a few words быть выраженным /высказанным/ несколькими словами12) be put to smb. the question was put to the chairman of the meeting (to the committee, to the management, etc.) вопрос был задан председателю собрания и т.д.13) be put on smb., smth. dues were put on cattle на крупный рогатый скот был введен налог; embargo has been put on the ship and cargo на корабль и груз было наложено эмбарго; be put under smth. the paper has been put under ban газета была запрещена14) be put (up)on smth. be put upon the stage быть поставленным на сцене; this opera was put on the air эта опера была поставлена на радио; an incident sufficiently interesting to merit being put on record этот случай вполне заслуживает того, чтобы его записать6. XVIput down (up, into, to, for, etc.) some place put down (up) the river двигаться /плыть/ вниз (вверх) по реке; put for home двигаться /направляться/ домой; the ship (the boat, etc.) put back to the shore (to harbour, to port, etc.) корабль и т.д. вернулся /повернул/ к берегу и т.д.; the ship put to Odessa судно шло в Одессу; the ship put out of Odessa судно отплыло из Одессы; the yacht put into Malta for stores (for repairs, etc.) яхта зашла на Мальту, чтобы пополнить [свои] запасы и т.д.; put to sea выйти в море; put to sea in one's yacht отправиться в морское путешествие на собственной яхте7. XVIII1) || put oneself in smb.'s place /position/ ставить себя на чье-л. место; put yourself in my place поставь себя на мое место2) put oneself over smb. coll. put oneself over an audience быть принятым публикой, добиться успеха /завоевать популярность/ у публики8. XXI11) put smth. (up)on (into, in, etc.) smth. put a letter on the table (one's hat on a chair, jewels in a safe, a book down upon the desk, the key in his pocket, a manuscript back in its place, one's clothes into the case, etc.) положить письмо на стол и т.д.; put a bottle on the table (a vase upon the mantlepiece, flowers in water, etc.) поставить бутылку на стол и т.д.; put a thing in its right place положить /поставить/ вещь на место; put a kettle on fire поставить чайник на огонь; put the dress in the cupboard повесить платье в шкаф; put a bandage on smb.'s knee накладывать повязку на колено; put one's hand on smb.'s shoulder положить руку. кому-л. на плечо; put one's arms about smb.'s neck обнять кого-л. за шею, обвить чью-л. шею руками; put one's head on the pillow положить голову на подушку; he put an асе on my king он покрыл моего короля тузом; put smb. on (to) smth. put the baby on the bed положите ребенка на кровать; put a player [back] to his former position вернуть игрока на прежнее место2) put smb. in some place put smb. in the chair поставить /назначить/ кого-л. председателем; put smb. in the shade оттеснить кого-л. на второй /на задний/ план; put smb. over (under) smb., smth. they put over him a man six years younger than himself они поставили над ним человека на шесть лет моложе него; put a colonel over a division назначить полковника командиром дивизии; they put me under him меня поставили под его начало; put smb., smth. above (before, etc.) smb., smth. he puts Keats above Byron as a poet как поэта он ставит Китса выше Байрона; he puts honour before riches честь для него важнее богатства; put a critic high among other critics ценить /ставить/ данного критика выше всех других; put smth. (up)on smb., smth. put the blame (obligations, hopes, etc.) (up)on smb. возлагать вину и т.д. на кого-л.; he put the blame on me он свалил все на меня; the obligations he had put on us обязательства, которые он на нас возложил; put one's hopes (up)on their talks (oa his decision, on chance, etc.) возлагать надежды на их переговоры и т.д.; put smth. in smb., smth. put confidence /faith, trust/ in smb. верить /доверять/ кому-л.; he puts his faith in reason он верит в силу разума; put no faith in smb.'s assertions не верить чьим-л. утверждениям; put smth. to smth. he puts her failure to lack of experience (to her ignorance, to their refusal, etc.) он относит ее провал за счет неопытности и т.д.; put their conduct to custom объяснять их поведение обычаем; put their success to her credit поставить их успех ей в заслугу || put a wrong construction on smth. а) неправильно понимать или толковать что-л.; б) истолковывать что-л. в худшую сторону; put smb. in possession of smth. ввести кого-л. во владение чем-л.; put difficulties in smb.'s way ставить /чинить/ препятствия кому-л.; put smb., smth. in (to) smb.'s hands доверить кого-л., что-л. кому-л.; put the child in (to) their hands отдать ребенка в их руки; will you put the matter in (to) my hands? не поручите ли вы мне это дело?; put yourself in (to) my hands доверьтесь мне; put smb. in charge of smth. поручить кому-л. руководство чем-л., возложить на кого-л. ответственность за что-л.; put smb. under smb.'s care /under smb.'s charge/ поручить кого-л. чьим-л. заботам; 1 shall put myself under a doctor's care я обращусь к врачу и буду делать то, что он велит; put smth. at smb.'s service предоставить что-л. в чье-л. распоряжение3) put smth. in (to) (up, down, etc.) smth. puta letter in (to) an envelope (some money in one's purse, a coin into her pocket, a stick of chewing-gum into her mouth, jewels into a box, papers in the drawer, garbage down a chute, etc.) положить письмо в конверт и т.д.; put a key in a lock (a candle into a candlestick, etc.) вставить ключ в замок и т.д.; he put his hands in (to) his pockets он засунул руки в карманы; put those things in a handbag положите все эти вещи в сумочку; put a letter in a mailbox (a halfpenny into a slot, etc.) опустить /бросить/ письмо в [почтовый] ящик и т.д.; I put a coin in a slot-machine я опустил монету в автомат; put some water in a jug налить воды в кувшин; put sugar in (to) [one's] tea класть сахар в чай; put milk in (to) one's tea наливать /добавлять/ молока себе в чай; put poison in smth. подмешать яду во что-л.; put smth. up the chimney засунуть что-л. в печную трубу; put eau-de-Cologne upon a handkerchief надушите [носовой] платок одеколоном; put seeds into ground засеять поле; put a spoke in smb.'s wheel ставить кому-л. палки в колеса; put smth. into (through) smb., smth. put d knife into smb. зарезать кого-л.; put a bullet through smb. застрелить кого-л.; put a bullet (a knife, etc.) through a wall вогнать пулю и т.д. в стену; put a bullet through one's head пустить себе пулю в лоб, застрелиться; put one's fist through a pane of glass /through a window/ разбить кулаком окно || put one's pen (pencil) through a word (through a line, through a paragraph, etc.) вычеркнуть /вымарать/ слово и т.д.; put smb. in (to) (on) smth. put smb. in a spare room in a hostel поместить /поселить/ кого-л. в свободной комнате общежития; put smb. in prison /into jail/ отправить /заключить/ кого-л. в тюрьму; put smb. in hospital (into a madhouse, etc.) поместить кого-л. в больницу и т.д.; I will put you on the bus я вас [провожу и] посажу на автобус; put smth., smb. out of smth. put one's head out of the window высунуться из окна; put disorderly people out of a meeting вывести /удалять/ хулиганов с собрания4) put smth., smb. in (to) (on) smth. put smb. in /on/ the list включить кого-л. в список; put these books in the catalogue включите эти книги в каталог; put a child in a special school отдать ребенка в специальную школу; put an ad in a paper поместить объявление в газете; put all his pieces for children (all his poems together, etc.) in one volume соберите /включите/ все его пьесы для детей и т.д. в один [отдельный] том; put fresh troops into the field вводить в бой свежие войска; put smth. under smth. put a field under wheat засеять поле пшеницей5) put smth. in (to) smth. put [one's] money (capital, etc.) in (to) a bank (in business, into land, into property, In an undertaking, into a company, into real estate, etc.) вкладывать [свои] деньги и т.д. в банк и т.д.; put one's savings into securities превращать /вкладывать/ свои сбережения в ценные бумаги; put much work into this display (many weeks into this work, many hours in this paper, etc.) вложить много труда в эту выставку и т.д.; I put much time into this design я затратил много времени, чтобы создать этот узор; put words into smb.'s mouth вложить слова в чьи-л. уста; put a word or two into smb.'s ear [about smth.] шепнуть кому-л. пару слов [о чем-л.]; put new ideas into smb.'s head внушить кому-л. новые идеи; good actors know how to put emotion into their spoken words хорошие /настоящие/ актеры умеют выразить чувства словами; you must put more nerve into your part вы должны играть эту роль более темпераментно; put smth. on smb., smth. put all one's money (a dollar, etc.) on a horse (on the favourite) ставить все свои деньги на лошадь (на фаворита); put a bet on the game делать ставку в азартной игре; put smth. into smb. put new life into a person вселять новую надежду /жизнь/ в человека; put smth., smb. out of smth. put the idea (a thing, this man, etc.) out of one's head /out of one's mind/ выбросить эту мысль и т.д. из головы; put it out of sight уберите это с глаз долой6) put smth. to (on) smth. put a new handle to a knife приделать новую рукоятку /ручку/ к ножу; I am afraid you forgot to put a stamp on your letter боюсь, что вы забыли наклеить марку на свое письмо; will you please put a patch on these trousers положите, пожалуйста, заплату на эти брюки, залатайте, пожалуйста, эти брюки; put the roof on the house покрыть дом крышей; put smth. in some piece put a cross at the bottom (one's signature on top, etc.) поставить крест внизу и т.д.7) put smth. oner (ой) smth., smb. put gold (silver, etc.) [leaf] over smth. покрывать что-л. золотом и т.д.; put a ring on a finger (a dress on a mannequin,. two socks on one foot, a coat on her shoulders, a new suit on him, etc.) надеть кольцо на палец и т.д.; put a net over a lion набросить на льва сеть; put a saddle on a horse оседлать лошадь; put smb. into smth. put a child into a sailor suit одеть ребенка в матросский костюмчик /в матроску/8) put smth. to (against) smth. put a glass to one's lips /one's lips to one's glass/ (a handkerchief to one's nose, a light to a fire, a match to a cigarette, etc.) поднести стакан к губам и т.д.; put one's hand to one's head приложить руку ко лбу; put one's eye to a telescope (to opera-glasses, to a spyglass, to a keyhole, etc.) посмотреть в телескоп и т.д.; he put a flower against her hair он приложил цветок к ее волосам; put one's lips to smb.'s ear сказать что-л. на ухо/шепнуть что-л./ кому-л. || put smb. in touch with smb., smth. связать кого-л. с кем-л., чем-л.; I'll try to put you in touch with them попробую связать вас с ними9) put smth. in (to) smth. put a plan in action проводить в жизнь план; put a plan in execution приводить план в исполнение; put a law in force /into operation/ вводить закон в действие; put a reform into effect провести реформу; put an order into effect выполнять приказ; put a principle into practice осуществлять какой-л. принцип; put one's knowledge to practical use применять свои знания на практике; put the money to a good use хорошо /разумно/ использовать деньги; put smth. in evidence выставлять /предъявлять/ что-л. как свидетельство; put smb. to smth. put smb. to work определять кого-л. на работу; put smb. to business приставить кого-л. к делу; put smb. to a trade отдать /определить/ кого-л. в учение; he put me to work at once он сразу же дал /поручил/ мне работу10) put smb. into (in, to, out of, on) some state put smb. into a rage привести кого-л. в ярость; put smb. into a fright напугать/перепугать/ кого-л.; put smb. in fear of his life заставить кого-л. дрожать за свою жизнь; put smb. into a state of anxiety разволновать кого-л., привести кого-л. в волнение; put smb. into a flutter привести кого-л. в нервное состояние, взбудоражить кого-л.; put smb. in doubt вызвать у кого-л. сомнение; put smb. to shame пристыдить кого-л.; put smb. to the blush заставить кого-л. покраснеть; put smb. in a good humour привести кого-л. в хорошее настроение /в хорошее расположение духа/; he always manages to put me in the wrong ему всегда удается показать, что я неправ; put smb. into a state of hypnosis загипнотизировать кого-л.; put smb. to bed уложить кого-л. спать; put smb. to sleep a) навевать сон кому-л.; by singing she put the baby back to sleep ребенок снова заснул под ее песенку; б) усыпить /убить/ кого-л.; we had to put the old dog to sleep нам пришлось усыпить старого пса; the doctor put the patient to bed for six weeks врач уложил больного в постель /прописал больному постельный режим/ на шесть недель; put smb. on diet посадить кого-л. на диету; put the patient on a milk diet прописать /назначить/ больному молочную диету; put smb. out of temper вывести кого-л. из себя; put smb. out of patience вывести кого-л. из терпения; put smb. out of humour испортить кому-л. настроение; put smb. out of suspense успокоить кого-л.; put smb. out of countenance привести кого-л. в замешательство, смутить кого-л.; put the poor man out of misery избавить несчастного [человека] от страданий; put smb. out of employment лишать кого-л. работы; put smb. out of business разорить кого-л.; put smth. in (into, out of) some state put one's room (one's dress, one's affairs, the house, etc.) in order привести свою комнату и т.д. в порядок; put manuscripts in order for publication подготовить рукописи к изданию; I want to put my report into shape я хочу привести в порядок /отредактировать/ свой доклад; put figures into the form of diagrams представить /дать/ цифры в форме диаграмм; put data into tabular form привести данные в табличной форме; put names in alphabetical order расположить фамилии в алфавитном порядке; put the piano in tune настроить рояль; put a country in a state of defence подготовить страну к обороне; put a machine out of order /out of gear/ сломать машину; put a bus out of service снять автобус с линии; put a warship out of action вывести военный корабль из боя || put smb. in mind of smth., smb. напоминать кому-л. что-л., кого-л.; this put me in mind of my youth (of his promise, of her sister, etc.) это напомнило мне мою юность и т.д.; put smth., smb. on its, on one's legs again снова поставить что-л., кого-л. на ноги; he tried to put the firm on its legs again он попробовал вдохнуть в фирму новую жизнь11) put smb. to smth. put smb. to inconvenience причинять кому-л. неудобство; I am putting you to a good deal of trouble я доставляю /причиняю/ вам массу хлопот; you have put me to great /heavy/ expense вы ввели меня в большие расходы; put smb. to torture пытать кого-л., подвергать кого-л. пыткам; put smb. to trial возбуждать против кого-л. дело в суде; предать кого-л. суду; put smb. to death казнить кого-л.; put smth. to smth., smb. put an end /a stop/ (a check, etc.) to smth. положить конец чему-л., прекратить что-л.; the news put an end to our hopes это известие лишило нас надежды; put an end to smb. покончить с кем-л., ликвидировать кого-л.; put an end to oneself /to one's life/ покончить жизнь самоубийством; put an end to a practice прекратить практику; put smb. in smth. put smb. in an unpleasant position /in a fix, in a hole/ поставить кого-л. в неприятное или затруднительное положение; put smb., smth. through (on, to, etc.) smth. put them through a course of English обязать их прослушать курс английского языка /пройти подготовку по английскому языку/; put smb. through an ordeal подвергать кого-л. тяжелому испытанию; put smb. through a severe /stiff/ cross-examination устроить кому-л. суровый перекрестный допрос; put smb. through it coll. задать кому-л. жару; put goods on (in) the market /to sale, into circulation/ выпустить товар в продажу; he put the car through some tests он несколько раз проверял /испытывал/ машину; put smb., smth. to the test подвергать кого-л., что-л. испытанию; проверять кого-л., что-л. || put smth. to the vote ставить вопрос на голосование; put a motion (a proposal, a matter, a resolution, a decision, etc.) to the vote ставить предложение и т.д. на голосование; put the painting on exhibition выставить картину для обозрения; put smb. under arrest арестовать кого-л.; put pressure on smth., smb. оказывать давление на что-л., кого-л.; they put it over us coll. они нас провели, они обвели нас вокруг пальца12) put smb., smth. to (in, into) smth. put the enemy (an army, the gang, thieves, etc.) to flight обратить неприятеля и т.д. в бегство; put an engine in motion /into operation/ включить мотор; put a piece of mechanism in motion /into operation/ приводить в движение механизм; put new cars into service ввести в эксплуатацию новые машины; put smth. into production (into circulation, etc.) пускать что-л. в производство и т.д.13) put smb. on smth. put smb. on his mettle заставить кого-л. проявить себя с лучшей стороны /проявить рвение/; your presence will put him on his best behaviour ваше присутствие заставит его проявить себя с лучшей стороны или вести себя самым лучшим образом; put smb. on his guard заставить кого-л. насторожиться; put smb. through smth. put a horse through his paces заставлять лошадь показать, что она умеет14) put smth., smb. (in)to (on, over, across, etc.) smth. put a ship /the rudder/ (in)to port /harbour/ направить корабль в порт; put a fleet to sea направить флот в море; put a satellite into orbit [around the earth] вывести спутник на околоземную орбиту; put a horse's head towards home повернуть /направить/ лошадь домой; put smb. on the right road a) показать кому-л. правильную дорогу; б) направить кого-л. на правильный путь; put smb. on the wrong scent направить кого-л. по ложному следу; put smb. across /over/ the river переправить кого-л. на другой берег [реки]15) put smth. at smth. put the distance at 5 miles считать, что расстояние равно пяти милям; they put the circulation at 60 000 они решили установить тираж в шестьдесят тысяч экземпляров; put the rent at a certain sum of money определять размер квартплаты; I put his income at t 6000 a year я думаю, что его годовой доход составляет шесть тысяч фунтов; he puts the time at about 11 он полагает, что сейчас около одиннадцати [часов]; I should put it at i 50 я бы оценил это в пятьдесят фунтов; I would put her age at not more than sixty я бы не дал ей больше шестидесяти лет || put a price on smth. назначать цену на что-л.; put a price on a painting назначить цену на картину; he put too high a price on the book он очень дорого запросил за книгу; put value on smth. ценить что-л.; I put high value on his friendship я очень высоко ценю его дружбу; what value do you put on his advice? как вы относитесь к его советам?16) put smth. on (in, etc.) smth. put one's proposals (one's ideas, one's thoughts, one's impressions, etc.) on paper излагать свои предложения и т.д. в письменной форме /в письменном виде, на бумаге/; put smth. in black and white написать что-л. черным по белому; he put his feelings (his ideas, his fancies, etc.) in (to) words он выразил свои чувства и т.д. словами; can you put that in simpler words? не можете ли вы сказать это попроще?; he wanted to go but couldn't put his wish into words он хотел уйти, но не знал, как сказать об этом; put a question in a clearer light сформулировать вопрос точнее /яснее/; let me put it in another way позвольте мне сказать об этом иначе;put smth. to /before/ smb. put it to him nicely скажите ему об этом деликатно /мягко/; you must your case before the commission вы должны свое дело изложить комиссии; when I put it to him he... a) когда я изложил ему это, он...; б) когда я предложил ему это, он...; put smth. in (to) smth. put smth. in (to) some language переводить что-л. на какой-л. язык; put a poem (a work, a novel, a story, a passage, etc.) into French (into German, into English, etc.) перевести стихотворение и т.д. на французский и т.д. язык; how would you put it in French (in Danish, in English, etc.)? как вы это скажете /как это будет/ по-французски и т.д. ?17) put smth. before (to) smth., smb. put a matter before a meeting (before a board, before the court, etc.) поставить вопрос на рассмотрение собрания и т.д.; put this case before a tribunal предложить суду рассмотреть этот вопрос; put a proposal before a committee внести предложение в комиссию; put one's grievances before the management изложить администрации свои претензии; I want to put my proposal before you я хочу, чтобы вы выслушали /обсудили, обдумали/ мое предложение; I shall put your suggestion to the board at the next meeting я сообщу о вашем предложении на следующем собрании правления; put smth. in (to) smth. put the questions in (to) writing пришлите или изложите вопросы в письменной форме18) put smth. to smb. put a question to smb. задать кому-л. вопрос; put a riddle to smb. загадать кому-л. загадку19) put smth. in (to, on, under, etc.) smth. put the amount in the receipt (in the expenditure, etc.) указать количество в квитанции и т.д.; put this sum to my account запишите эту сумму на мой счет; put words into blanks /into blank spaces/ заполните пропуски; put one's name /one's signature/ under a document (to a will, on the dotted line, etc.) подписывать документ и т.д., ставить свою подпись под документом и т.д.; put one's initials to a document diplom. парафировать документ; put one's seal to a document (to a will, etc.) поставить печать под документом и т.д.; put a mark /а tick/ against smb.'s name поставить галочку против чьей-л. фамилии; put macron over a vowel поставить знак долготы над гласной буквой; put markers on packages пометить тюки20) put smth. on smth., smb. put a tax (duties, customs, etc.) on these articles облагать такие предметы налогом и т.д.; put a tax on imports (on luxuries, on cigarettes, etc.) облагать ввозимые товары налогом и т.д.; put heavy dues on cattle обкладывать скот высоким налогом || put a veto on /to/ smth. наложить вето на /запретить/ что-л.; put these customs under taboo запретить эти обычаи21) put smth. on the stage put a play ("Othello", etc.) on the stage поставить какую-л. пьесу и т.д. на сцене22) put smb. to smb. put a cow to a bull /а bull to a cow/ agric. спаривать корову с быком9. XXII1) put smth. into doing smth. put energy into finishing a task приложить энергию /усилия/ к завершению работы2) put smb. to doing smth. put a boy to shoemaking определить /отдать/ мальчика в учение к сапожнику3) put smb. to doing smth. I put her to setting the table я заставил ее накрыть на стол10. XXVIII2 -
17 ἐκ
ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away fromⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, ofⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.④ marker used in periphrasis, from, ofⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, fromⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).ⓑ of temporal sequenceα. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).⑥ various uses and unitsⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M. -
18 οὗτος
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen. τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc.: the dual fem. never in [dialect] Att., v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, init.:—demonstr. Pron.,A this, common from Hom. downwds.A ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο prob. arose from a reduplication of the demonstr. ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of - υ- (= Skt. Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα fr. τα-υ-τα: [dialect] Dor. gen. sg. fem.τούτας Philol.11
; nom. pl.τοῦτοι, ταῦται A.D.Synt.111.23
: the former occurs Sophr.24, GDI 3045 B 6 ([place name] Selinus), SIG339.16 (Rhodes, iii B. C.), etc., the latter is dub. in Sophr.97, certain in SIG 241 B117 (Delph., iv B. C.): in [dialect] Boeot. all forms begin with οὑτ-, as gen. sg. neut.οὕτω Supp.Epigr.3.359.11
(iii B. C.); acc. sg. fem.οὕταν Corinn. Supp.2.80
; acc. pl. neut. (Tanagra, iii B. C.), etc.: gen. pl. fem. [dialect] Att. τούτων, Cret.ταυτᾶν Leg.Gort.5.19
; neut. (Elis, iv B. C.).—In [dialect] Ion. sts. written ταότην, ταο̄τα, SIG283.19 (Chios, iv B. C.), 46.7 (Halic., v B. C.), al.—In [dialect] Att. οὗτος was freq. strengthd. by the demonstr. -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, gen. τουτουί, dat. τουτῳί, acc. τουτονί; pl. nom. οὑτοιί, neut. ταυτί, etc., this man here: sts. a Particle is inserted between the Pron. and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, Ar.Ach. 784; τουτογί for τουτί γε, Id.V. 781, Av. 894, al.; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, Id.Eq. 492, Pax 1057, al.; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, Id.Pl. 227; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, Id.Ra. 965.—In codd. the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sts. added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be [dialect] Att. by A.D.Pron.59.24, 82.11. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?οὗτοςXί, τουτω?οὗτοςXί, οὑτοῐί, Ar.Nu. 201, Pl.44, Ach.40, etc.]B USAGE in regard to CONCORD. οὗτος is freq. used as a Pron. Subst.: hence neut. is folld. by gen.,κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος Hdt. 1.84
;εἰς τοῦθ' ὕβρεως ἐλήλυθεν D.4.37
;εἰς τοῦθ' ἥκεις μανίας Id.36.48
;ταῦτα τῶν μαθημάτων Pl.Euthd. 278b
: but quite as freq. as Adj., in which case its Subst. commonly takes the Art., οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Art. is absent,1 always in [dialect] Ep. Poets (exc. Od.18.114),οὗτος ἀνήρ Il.14.471
, Od.1.406, etc.: sts. also in Trag., A.Pers. 122 (lyr.), 495, S.Ph. 406, OC 471, 1177: once in an Inscr., τοπεῖα:τούτων τὰ ἡμίσεα τοπείων IG22.1622.135
(iv B. C.).2 sts. when the Noun is so specified that the Art. is not needed,ἐς γῆν ταύτην.., ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται Hdt.4.8
; , cf. Pl.R. 449d, etc.;πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος, ὃν θρηνεῖς ἀεί S.El. 530
.4 when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate,αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις S.Ph. 1034
; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] Pl.Ap. 18a: this exception extends to cases in which the Predicate is not so distinctly separated from the Subject, αἰτίαι μὲν αὗται προυγεγένηντο these were the grievances which already existed, Th.1.66; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which.., Pl.Phlb. 16c: freq. with a [comp] Sup., κίνησις αὕτη μεγίστη δὴ.. ἐγένετο this was notably the greatest movement which.., Th.1.1, cf. 3.113: withπρῶτος Id.1.55
,98, 6.31, Ev.Luc. 2.2.5 when [ per.] 3rd pers. is used for [ per.] 2nd to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, Pl.Grg. 467b, 489b, etc.II though οὗτος usu. agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neut.,μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ' ἐστί E.Ba. 305
;τοῦτο γάρ εἰσι.. εὔθυναι D.19.82
, etc.: and in pl.,οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή Aeschin. 3.13
;ταῦτ' ἐστὶν ὁ προδότης Id.2.166
: so with an explanatory clause added,τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν D.57.34
.2 so also with a Noun in apposition,τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή Od.1.159
;τούτου τιμῶμαι, ἐν πρυτανείῳ σιτήσεως Pl.Ap. 36e
, cf. E.Fr.323.3, etc.3 the neut. also may refer to a masc. or fem. Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. Hdt.4.23, cf. X.An.1.5.10, etc.4 the neut. is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: , cf. Pl.Lg. 711a; or of an abstract fact,οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζῇ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ' ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν Ar.Ra.73
.III with Prons.,1 personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, v. infr. c.1.5.2 interrog., τί τοῦτ' ἔλεξας; what is this that.. ? S.Ph. 1173 (lyr.), cf. Ant.7; ποίοισι τούτοις; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; Id.OC 388, cf.Ant. 1049; Νέστορ' ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, Il.11.612.4 possess., πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, S.El. 530, cf. X.An.7.3.30.5 demonstr., οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, Hdt.1.32;τοῦτ' ἔστ' ἐκεῖνο E. Hel. 622
, cf. Or. 804; αὐτὸ τοῦτο, v. αὐτός 1.7; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, S.Ph. 128.b exceptionally,Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ' ἐστὶ τύπος IG12(5).300
([place name] Paros).6 ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, Od.20.380.IV with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, Lys.7.10codd.; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, D.8.2, cf. 3.4;τριακοστὴν ταύτην ἡμέραν Men.Epit.27
;ταύτας τριάκοντα μνᾶς D.27.23
, cf. Pl.Grg. 463b, etc.C SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS:I this, to designate the nearer, opp. ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, Pl.Phd. 75e (v. l.); cf. ὅδε init.: but οὗτος sts. indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ.. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. D.8.72, cf. 51.3 and 18.2 when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε prop. refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes,οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ', ἀλλά σοι τάδ' ἔστι S.OC 787
, cf. ὅδε III. 2: freq., however, where there are not two things, οὗτος refers to what follows, Il. 13.377, Od.2.306, etc.; οὔκουν.. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι .. ; A.Pr. 379, etc.3 οὗτος is used emphat., generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ' ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, S.El. 301;τούτους τοὺς συκοφάντας Pl.Cri. 45a
; so D.de Coron. uses οὗτος of Aeschines, ἐκεῖνος of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, D.2.15, 4.3.b of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, X.An.1.5.8;οἱ τὰς τελετὰς.. οὗτοι καταστήσαντες Pl.Phd. 69c
, cf. Men. 80a; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, Thphr.HP3.7.3, cf. 3.18.11, 4.7.1;οἱ τὰς κόρας ταύτας ὠνούμενοι τοῖς παισίν D.Chr.31.153
.4 in [dialect] Att. law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in Aeschin. 2.130 ) or defendant (as in Id.1.1); so, in the political speeches of D., οὗτοι are the opposite party, 4.1, 8.7, etc.; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι freq. means the judges, the court, 21.134, 36.47.5 much like an Adv., in local sense (cf. ὅδε init.), τίς δ' οὗτος κατὰ νῆας.. ἔρχεαι; who art thou here that comest.. ? Il.10.82; freq. in [dialect] Att., τίς οὑτοσί; who's this here? Ar.Ach. 1048; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, X.An.3.5.9 (as v.l.): with Pron. of 2 pers., οὗτος σύ ho you! you there! S.OT 532, 1121, E.Hec. 1280, etc.: and then οὗτος alone like a voc., οὗτος, τί ποιεῖς; A.Supp. 911,cf.S.Aj.71, E.Alc. 773, Ar.Eq. 240, Nu. 220, al.: with a pr. n.,ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας S.Aj.89
;ὦ οὗτος οὗτος, Οἰδίπους Id.OC 1627
, cf. Ar.V. 1364: with voc.,βέντισθ' οὗτος Theoc.5.76
:—the fem. is rarer, ; .—This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn.II simply as antec. to ὅς, Od.2.40, S.OT 1180, etc.: freq. following relat. clause,ἅ γ' ἔλαβες,.. μεθεῖναι ταῦτα Id.Ph. 1247
, cf. 1319,Ant. 183, 203, Pl.Grg. 469c.III = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι Pi.O. 4.26;σὺ τοίνυν οὗτος εὑρέθης D.18.282
, cf. 173.IV after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is freq. emphat. repeated byοὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης.., οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω.. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.4.16
, cf.81 (s. v. l.), 1.146, Pl.Phd. 107d, etc.V καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word,ξυνεστῶτες.. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους Th.4.55
, cf. Hdt.1.147, 6.11, etc.; soοὐδὲ τούτου Aeschin.2.100
; v. infr. VIII.2.VI repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it,τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν.. κελαδοῦντες Ar.Ra. 1526
, cf. Pl.La. 200d.1 ταῦτ', ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), Ar.V. 142, Pax 275, cf. Eq.III; so ; ; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, E.Ph. 417.2 ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, Pl.Phd. 78a.3 καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, freq. in [dialect] Att., as Pl.Smp. 220c.4 ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc., prob. short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς ( = -εὶς) ἀθάνατος:ταῦτα IG14.420
; Προκόπι ταῦτα ib.1824; χαίρεται ( = -τε) ταῦτα ib.1479, etc.: similarly perh. in a letter,ἂμ μὴ πέμψῃς, οὐ μὴ φάγω, οὐ μὴ πείνω. ταῦτα POxy.119.15
(ii/iii A. D.).VIII Adverbial usages:1 ταῦταabs., therefore, that is why.., Il.11.694;ταῦτ' ἄρα Ar.Ach.90
,Nu. 319, 335, 394, al., X.Smp.4.55; , Pl.Smp. 174a; , Ar.V. 1358, etc.; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e: τοῦτο is rare in this sense,τοῦτ' ἀφικόμην, ὅπως.. εὖ πράξαιμί τι S. OT 1005
; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, Pl.Smp. 204a.b πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, prop. used in indignant defiance, A.Pr. 992, 1043, S.Aj. 971, 1115, 1313, OT 426, OC 455, etc.2 καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that,ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός A.Eu. 627
: but mostly with a part.,ὅς γ' ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ.., καὶ ταῦθ' ὑφ' ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον S.OT37
, cf. Ar.Ra. 704, Pl.Phdr. 241e, etc.; or with a part. omitted, ἥτις.. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (sc. οὖσα) S.El. 614; soκαὶ ταῦτα μέντοι Pl.Erx. 400b
.b καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, Id.R. 341c, cf. Diod.Com.3.5.3 τοῦτο μέν.., τοῦτο δέ .. on the one hand.., on the other.., partly.., partly.., very freq. in Hdt., as 1.161, al.; τοῦτο μέν is sts. answered by δέ only, 4.76, S.Aj. 670, OC 440; by δὲ αὖ, Hdt.7.176; by ἔπειτα δέ, S.Ant.61; by ἀλλά, D.22.13; by εἶτα, S.Ph. 1345; by τοῦτ' αὖθις, Id.Ant. 165.4 dat. fem. ταύτῃ,a on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν.., τῇδε δ' αὖ .. Id.Ph. 1331;ἀλλ' ἐὰν ταύτῃ γε νικᾷ, ταυτῃὶ πεπλήξεται Ar.Eq. 271
, cf. Th. 1221.c in this way, thus, A.Pr. 191, S.OC 1300, etc.;οὐ.. ταῦτ' ἐστί πω ταύτῃ Ar.Eq. 843
;ἀλλ' οὔτι ταύτῃ ταῦτα E. Med. 365
, cf. A.Pr. 511: antec. to ὥσπερ, Pl.R. 330c; to ὅπῃ, X.Cyr. 8.3.2;οὕτω τε καὶ ταύτῃ γίγνοιτο Pl.Lg. 681d
; καὶ οὕτω καὶ ταύτῃ ἂν ἔχοι ib. 714d; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc., like οὕτω κ., Sch.Pl.Smp. 215b.6 ἐν τούτῳ in that case, Pl.R. 440c.7 πρὸς τούτοις ([etym.] - οισι) besides, Hdt.2.51, Pl.Prt. 326a, X.Mem.2.4.4, Ar.Pl. 540. -
19 μέρος
A share, portion, Pi.O.8.77, Hdt.1.145, Berl.Sitzb. 1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene), etc.;μέρος ἔχοντα Μουσᾶν B.3.71
;ἔχει δόμων μ. E.Ph. 483
;κτεάνων μ. A.Ag. 1574
(anap.);συμβαλέσθαι τὸ μ. D.41.11
; τὰ μ. τινῶν κομίζεσθαι ibid.;λαβεῖν τῆς μεθόδου τὸ μ. Arist. Pol. 1295a3
; of work put out to contract, allotment, IG22.463.7, 26.2 heritage, lot, destiny,μεθέξειν τάφου μ. A.Ag. 507
;ἔχετον κοινοῦ θανάτου μ. S.Ant. 147
(anap.); τοῦτο γὰρ.. σπάνιον μ. is a rare portion, E.Alc. 474 (lyr.); ἀπὸ μέρους προτιμᾶσθαι from considerations of rank or family, Th.2.37.II one's turn,ἐπείτε αὐτῆς μ. ἐγίνετο τῆς ἀπίξιος Hdt.3.69
;μ. ἑκατέρῳ νέμειν Id.2.173
; ὅταν ἥκῃ μ. ἔργων the turn or time for.., A.Ch. 827 (lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 540b; ἀγγέλου μ. his turn of duty as messenger, A.Ag. 291.2 with Preps., ἀνὰ μέρος in turn, successively, E.Ph. 478, Arist.Pol. 1287a17;κατὰ μέρος h.Merc.53
, Th.4.26, etc.; κατὰ μ. λέγειν severally, Pl.Tht. 157b; κατὰ μέρη ἄκουε ib. 182b; τὰ κατὰ μέρος the particulars, Phld.Sign. 23, D.1.22; τὸ κατὰ μ. ἄστρον ib.3.9; ἐν μέρεϊ in turn, Hdt.1.26, al.; κλῦθί νυν ἐν μ., ἀντάκουσον ἐν μ., A.Ch. 332 (lyr.), Eu. 198; by turns, in succession, Id.Ag. 332, 1192, Th.8.93;ἐν μ. καὶ ἐφεξῆς Pl. Lg. 819b
; ἐν τῷ μέρει in one's turn, Hdt.5.70, E.Or. 452, Ar.Ra.32, 497, Pl.Grg. 462a; ἐν τῷ μ. καὶ παρὰ τὸ μ. in and out of turn, X.An. 7.6.36; παρὰ μέρος in turn, by turns,ἄρχειν Plu.Fab.10
, cf. Ant. Lib.30.1, Nicom.Ar.1.8.10, Iamb.in Nic.p.33 P.; [ἡ ψυχὴ] παρὰ μ. ἐν τῇ γενέσει γίνεται καὶ ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν Procl.Inst. 206
(but also, partially, Alciphr.3.66).III the part one takes in a thing,μέτεστι χὑμῖν τῶν πεπραγμένων μ. E.IT 1299
; ὑμέτερον μ. [ἐστί] c. inf., Pl.La. 180a.2 freq. in periphrases, τοὐμὸν μέρος, τὸ σὸν μ., my or thy part, i.e. simply I or me, thou or thee,ὅσον τὸ σὸν μ. S.OT 1509
, cf. Ant. 1062, Pl.Cri. 45d: abs. as Adv., τοὐμὸν μ. as to me,οὐ καμῇ τοὐμὸν μ. S.Tr. 1215
, cf. E.Heracl. 678; τὸ σὸν μέρος as to thee, S.OC 1366;τοὐκείνου μ. E.Hec. 989
: rarely,κατὰ τὸ σὸν μ. Pl.Ep. 328e
.IV part, opp. the whole,ὡρέων τρίτατον μ. h.Cer. 399
, etc.; τρίτον κασιγνητᾶν μ., i. e. one of three sisters, Pi.P.12.11;μέρει τινὶ τῶν βαρβάρων Th.1.1
; τὰ δύο μ. two-thirds, ib. 104, Aeschin. 3.143, D.59.101;τρία μέρη.., τὸ δὲ τέταρτον Nic.Dam.130.17
J.; οὐδὲν ἂν μέρος οὖσαι φανεῖεν τῶν .. no fraction of.., i. e. infinitesimal compared with.., Isoc.5.43, cf.12.54; ὅσα ἄλλα μ. ἐντὸς τοῦ Ἴστρου parts of the country, regions, Th.2.96, cf. 4.98; ξυγκαταδουλοῦν.. τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης μ., i. e. the sea as their part of the business, Id.8.46: hence, branch, business, matter, Men.Epit.17, Pk. 107, Plb.1.4.2, 1.20.8, al., PRyl. 127 (i A.D.);τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέλη καὶ μ. Pl.Lg. 795e
; division of an army, X.An.6.4.23, etc.; class or party, Th.2.37, D.18.292; of the factions in the circus,πρασίνων μ. POxy.145.2
(vi A.D.); party in a contract or lawsuit, BGU168.24 (ii A.D.), PRein.44.34 (ii A.D.); caste, Str.15.1.39:—special uses, in Geom., direction, ἐπὶ θάτερον μ. interpol. in Archim.Aequil.1.13, cf. Euc.1.27, al.: Arith., submultiple, Id.7 Def.3, 4; τὰ μ. the denominators of fractions, Hero *Stereom.2.14: Gramm., μ. τῆς λέξεως part of speech, Arist.Po. 1456b20, D.H.Comp. 2: more freq.μ. λόγου D.T.634.4
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al.; μ. λόγου, also, = word, S.E.M.1.159, Heph.1.4 (v. λόγος IX. 3 c); section of a document, Mitteis Chr.28.30 (iii B. C.), etc.2 abs. as Adv., μέρος τι in part, Th.4.30, etc.; μέρος μέν τι.., μέρος δέ τι .. X.Eq.1.12; τὸ πλεῖστον μ. for the most part, D.S.22.10.b with Preps.,κατά τι μέρος Pl.Lg. 757e
;κατὰ τὸ πολὺ μ. Id.Ti. 86d
; ἐκ μέρους in part,γινώσκομεν 1 Ep.Cor.13.9
(but ἐκ μ. τινός by the side of, LXX 1 Ki. 6.8; ἐκ μ. τῶν ὁρίων ib.Nu.20.16; ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους ib.8.2); ἐκ τοῦ πλείστου μ. for the most part, Hdn.8.2.4; ἀπὸ μέρους in part, Antip.Stoic.3.249, BGU1201.15 (i A.D.), 2 Ep.Cor.2.5;ἐπὶ μέρους Luc.
Bis Acc.2; τὰς ἐπὶ μέρους γράφειν πράξεις special histories, Plb. 7.7.6;αἱ ἐπὶ μ. συντάξεις Id.3.32.10
; πρὸς μέρος in proportion, Th. 6.22, D.36.32.3 ἐν μέρει τινὸς τιθέναι, etc., to put in the class of.., consider as so and so, ;οὐ τίθημ' ἐν ἀδικήματος μ. D.23.148
; alsoἐν τεκμηρίου μ. ποιεῖσθαι τἀδίκημα Id.44.50
; ἐν οὐδενὸς εἶναι μ. to be as no one, Id.2.18;μήτ' ἐν ἀνθρώπου μ. μήτ' ἐν θεοῦ ζῆν Alex.240.2
; ἐν προσθήκης μ. as an appendage, D.11.8;ἐν ὑπηρέτου καὶ προσθήκης μ. γίγνεσθαι Id.3.31
;ἐν χάριτος μ. Id.21.165
; τοῦτ' ἐν εὐεργεσίας ἀριθμήσει μ. ib.166;ἐν ἰδιώτου μ. διαγαγεῖν Isoc.9.24
;ὡς ἐν παιδιᾶς μ. Pl.R. 424d
; alsoεἰς εὐεργεσίας μέρος καταθέσθαι D.23.17
.4 in local sense, district, POxy.2113.25 (iv A.D.).5 in Neo-Platonism, by way of species or element,ἐν μέρει καὶ ὡς στοιχεῖον Dam.Pr. 193
; οὕτω ὁ μέγας Ἰάμβλιχος ἐνόησεν τὸ ἓν ὂν ἐν μέρει ἑκάτερον ib. 176;πάντα μὲν ἅμα, ἐν μέρει δὲ ἕκαστον Plot.3.6.18
.
См. также в других словарях:
The Word (novel) — The Word is a 1972 mystery/thriller novel by Irving Wallace, which explores into the origin of the Bible.Plot summaryThe plot of the novel is based around the discovery of a new gospel written by Jesus younger brother, James in the first century … Wikipedia
The Gallican Rite — The Gallican Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite This subject will be treated under the following six heads: I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Celtic Rite — The Celtic Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite This subject will be treated under the following seven heads: I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; … Catholic encyclopedia
The Real Housewives of New Jersey — Format Reality television Starring Current Teresa Giudice Caroline Manzo Jacqueline Laurita Melissa Gorga (season 3 present) Kathy Wakile (season 3 present) Recurring Kim Granatell (season 2 present) Kim DePaola (season 2 present) … Wikipedia
The Song of Hiawatha — is an 1855 epic poem by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow based on the legends of the Ojibway Indians. Longfellow credited as his source the work of pioneering ethnographer Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, specifically Schoolcraft s Algic Researches and History … Wikipedia
The Catherine Tate Show characters — Contents 1 Main characters 1.1 Joannie Nan Taylor 1.2 Lauren Cooper 1 … Wikipedia
The Apprentice (U.S. season 3) — Infobox Television The Apprentice season name = The Apprentice 3 first aired = January 20, 2005 last aired = May 5, 2005 filming started = October 2004 filming completed = November 2004 winner = Kendra Todd number candidates = 18 number episodes … Wikipedia
The Age of Steel — Infobox Doctor Who episode number=176b serial name= The Age of Steel caption=The Cyber Controller confronts the Doctor. show=DW type=episode doctor=David Tennant (Tenth Doctor) companion=Billie Piper (Rose Tyler) companion2=Noel Clarke (Mickey… … Wikipedia
The Incarnation — The Incarnation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation I. The Fact of the Incarnation (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ A. Old Testament Proofs B. New Testament Proofs C. Witness of Tradition (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
